10136 lines
432 KiB
Plaintext
10136 lines
432 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# Katharina Moritz <kmo@e2f.com>, 2021
|
||
# Bülent Tiknas <btiknas@googlemail.com>, 2021
|
||
# Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2021
|
||
# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2021
|
||
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2021
|
||
# Tobias Arndt, 2021
|
||
# Patrick Heuel <patrick.heuel@odoo-bs.com>, 2021
|
||
# Thorsten Vocks <thorsten.vocks@openbig.org>, 2021
|
||
# Ermin Trevisan <trevi@twanda.com>, 2021
|
||
# Niki Waibel, 2021
|
||
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2021
|
||
# ortlam <ruben.ortlam@initos.com>, 2021
|
||
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
|
||
# Wolfgang Taferner, 2021
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 16:39+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Taferner, 2021\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: de\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory & Mrp"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Lager"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Barcodes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Daily Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Tagesgeschäft"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Prozess zu einer Bestandsanpassung mit Strichcodes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
|
||
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
|
||
"*Commands for Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
|
||
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
|
||
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
|
||
" the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
|
||
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
|
||
"manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
|
||
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Overview"
|
||
msgstr "Übersicht"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
|
||
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
|
||
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
|
||
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
|
||
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
|
||
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
|
||
"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
|
||
"create your first rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
|
||
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
|
||
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
|
||
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
|
||
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
|
||
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
|
||
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
|
||
" “D” define the decimals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
|
||
" be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
|
||
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Configure your Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
|
||
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
|
||
"identify the product;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
|
||
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
|
||
" which digit it should be in your case."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
|
||
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
|
||
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
|
||
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Rule Types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"price, used in POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
|
||
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
|
||
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
|
||
"weight) and in inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
|
||
"loyalty program."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
|
||
"location is activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
|
||
" activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
|
||
"Mercury module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
|
||
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Simple Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
|
||
"*Operations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
|
||
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
|
||
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
|
||
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
|
||
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
|
||
"the stock moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
|
||
"additional steps for the different operation types."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Receipts"
|
||
msgstr "Anlieferungen"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
|
||
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
|
||
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
|
||
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
|
||
"scan the next product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Lieferaufträge"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
|
||
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
|
||
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
|
||
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
|
||
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
|
||
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
|
||
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Internal Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Interne Transfers"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
|
||
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
|
||
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
|
||
" you don’t need to scan them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
|
||
"of working:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
|
||
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
|
||
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
|
||
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
|
||
"lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
|
||
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
|
||
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
|
||
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
|
||
"products to populate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Einrichtung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
|
||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
|
||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
|
||
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
|
||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||
"be configured to be so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
|
||
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
|
||
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
|
||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
|
||
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
|
||
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
|
||
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
|
||
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
|
||
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
|
||
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
|
||
" it is essential to test it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Keyboard layout"
|
||
msgstr "Tastaturbelegung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
|
||
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
|
||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||
msgstr "Automatischer Zeilenumbruch"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
|
||
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
|
||
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
|
||
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
|
||
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
|
||
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
|
||
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
|
||
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
|
||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Konfiguration"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
|
||
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
|
||
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||
"Products Barcodes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
|
||
"at creation on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
|
||
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
|
||
"*Print* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Barcode Formats"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||
"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your "
|
||
"own barcode format for internal use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Management"
|
||
msgstr "Lager & Logistik"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has "
|
||
"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your "
|
||
"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have "
|
||
"any bad surprise."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Sale process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. "
|
||
"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the "
|
||
"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to"
|
||
" cancel the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will"
|
||
" receive the confirmation of the cancellation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can "
|
||
"limit them to a certain number of countries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on "
|
||
"**Delivery Methods**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply "
|
||
"this delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered "
|
||
"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you "
|
||
"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale "
|
||
"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be "
|
||
"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery "
|
||
"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in "
|
||
"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in "
|
||
"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer."
|
||
" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are "
|
||
"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of "
|
||
"space in your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large"
|
||
" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a "
|
||
"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your "
|
||
"product is unique, then it makes sense!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Make sure time is not against you."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more "
|
||
"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to"
|
||
" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If "
|
||
"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold "
|
||
"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our "
|
||
"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-"
|
||
"how-to-use-it-250>`__."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to "
|
||
"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a "
|
||
"product via drop-shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. "
|
||
"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist "
|
||
"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor."
|
||
" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order "
|
||
"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-"
|
||
"Shipping*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request "
|
||
"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You "
|
||
"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and "
|
||
"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination"
|
||
" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your "
|
||
"own stock when you validate the dropship document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your "
|
||
"inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your "
|
||
"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle "
|
||
"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12
|
||
msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated "
|
||
"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high "
|
||
"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the "
|
||
"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows "
|
||
"to handle orders very quickly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least"
|
||
" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by "
|
||
"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the "
|
||
"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and "
|
||
"especially when the items you stock are big in size."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main "
|
||
"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a "
|
||
"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then "
|
||
"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53
|
||
msgid "One step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Two steps flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Three steps flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How can I change the label type?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery "
|
||
"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your "
|
||
"delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery"
|
||
" methods**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one"
|
||
" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the "
|
||
"carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and "
|
||
"you create a new sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which"
|
||
" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type "
|
||
"bottom half for example, here is the difference :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default "
|
||
"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to"
|
||
" the customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping"
|
||
" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
|
||
"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Create a Sales Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products "
|
||
"to deliver and confirm it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the "
|
||
"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat "
|
||
"button, you should now see your delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Process a Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* "
|
||
"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under"
|
||
" the Delivery Orders Kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on "
|
||
"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock "
|
||
"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that "
|
||
"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now "
|
||
"*Done*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Deliver Products in Packages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different "
|
||
"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Proceed to a Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will "
|
||
"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock "
|
||
"move lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery "
|
||
"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in "
|
||
"the package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the "
|
||
"packages which were part of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Use the Put in Pack button"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It "
|
||
"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as "
|
||
"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, "
|
||
"directly via the *Packages* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
|
||
"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
|
||
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, "
|
||
"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more "
|
||
"steps before shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked "
|
||
"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output "
|
||
"location before being effectively shipped to the customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide"
|
||
" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will "
|
||
"chain the picking step to the shipping step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating "
|
||
"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the "
|
||
"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option"
|
||
" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing"
|
||
" Shipments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, "
|
||
"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one"
|
||
" you want to rename and update its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable "
|
||
"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be "
|
||
"created and automatically linked to your sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54
|
||
msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56
|
||
msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58
|
||
msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60
|
||
msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* "
|
||
"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing "
|
||
"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the "
|
||
"inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved "
|
||
"and you can simply validate the picking document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products "
|
||
"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing "
|
||
"order which can be directly validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to "
|
||
"transfer the products to the customer location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
|
||
"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
|
||
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that "
|
||
"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are "
|
||
"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an "
|
||
"output location before being effectively shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the "
|
||
"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option"
|
||
" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location."
|
||
" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable "
|
||
"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be "
|
||
"created and automatically linked to your sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different "
|
||
"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and "
|
||
"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* "
|
||
"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the "
|
||
"picking operation has been marked as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products "
|
||
"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery"
|
||
" order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
|
||
msgstr "Wareneingang"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your"
|
||
" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you "
|
||
"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15
|
||
msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17
|
||
msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control "
|
||
"before being admitted in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different "
|
||
"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In "
|
||
"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the "
|
||
"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27
|
||
msgid "The principles are the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29
|
||
msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them "
|
||
"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
|
||
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received "
|
||
"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality "
|
||
"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the"
|
||
" goods receipt process can become essential."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area"
|
||
" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can "
|
||
"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and "
|
||
"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will "
|
||
"return the quantity that is not good."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55
|
||
msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69
|
||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default "
|
||
"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors "
|
||
"to the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming"
|
||
" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
|
||
"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a Purchase Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and "
|
||
"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm "
|
||
"the *RfQ*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you "
|
||
"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the "
|
||
"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* "
|
||
"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click "
|
||
"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from "
|
||
"suppliers are considered as being always available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* "
|
||
"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took "
|
||
"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality "
|
||
"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality "
|
||
"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality "
|
||
"control step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. "
|
||
"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, "
|
||
"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have "
|
||
"two-steps or three-steps processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your "
|
||
"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control "
|
||
"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC "
|
||
"requirements are moved to stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a "
|
||
"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain "
|
||
"the picking step to the shipping step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the features to enable in order to use multi-step routes for goods "
|
||
"reception"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage "
|
||
"Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work "
|
||
"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then "
|
||
"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the incoming shipment strategy to choose to receive goods in three "
|
||
"steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* "
|
||
"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* "
|
||
"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then,"
|
||
" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source "
|
||
"document:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56
|
||
msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality "
|
||
"control zone;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the three moves created by the purchase of products in three steps "
|
||
"strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* "
|
||
"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase "
|
||
"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the button to click to see the receipts that need to be processed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they "
|
||
"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the move (internal transfer) from the reception area to the "
|
||
"warehouse input area"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes "
|
||
"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products "
|
||
"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the "
|
||
"transfer can be directly validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the button to click to see the internal transfers that need to be "
|
||
"processed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the move (internal transfer) from the input area to the quality "
|
||
"control area"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is "
|
||
"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the move (internal transfer) from the quality control area to the "
|
||
"stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt"
|
||
" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the "
|
||
"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow "
|
||
"you to have 2 steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then "
|
||
"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
|
||
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide"
|
||
" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will "
|
||
"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in"
|
||
" stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step "
|
||
"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which "
|
||
"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods "
|
||
"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. "
|
||
"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Create a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with"
|
||
" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is "
|
||
"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to "
|
||
"your purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking "
|
||
"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another"
|
||
" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the "
|
||
"products to *Stock*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while "
|
||
"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been "
|
||
"marked as *Done*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it "
|
||
"through the inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received "
|
||
"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is "
|
||
"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them "
|
||
"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "Überblick"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
|
||
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
|
||
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
|
||
"altogether in one single pack."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
|
||
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
|
||
"delivery and after-sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
|
||
msgid "When to use"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
|
||
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
|
||
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
|
||
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
|
||
"food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
|
||
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
|
||
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
|
||
" way you manage these products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
|
||
msgid "When not to use"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
|
||
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
|
||
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
|
||
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
|
||
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
|
||
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
|
||
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
|
||
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked"
|
||
" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks "
|
||
"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to "
|
||
"customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even"
|
||
" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configurations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Application configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial"
|
||
" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Product configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory "
|
||
"tab* of the product form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start "
|
||
"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the "
|
||
"lot/serial number;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become "
|
||
"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial "
|
||
"number;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be "
|
||
"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be "
|
||
"raised on the lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated "
|
||
"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the "
|
||
"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Expiration Alerts"
|
||
msgstr "Ablaufbenachrichtigungen"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do "
|
||
"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you "
|
||
"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that "
|
||
"exceeded their alert date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage lots of identical products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
|
||
"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots "
|
||
"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production "
|
||
"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the "
|
||
"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
|
||
"traceability."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Setting Up"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Application Configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & "
|
||
"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Product Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Produktkonfiguration"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial "
|
||
"numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your"
|
||
" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the "
|
||
"inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Manage Lots"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot "
|
||
"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
|
||
msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add"
|
||
" a line* again to register a new lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your "
|
||
"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial "
|
||
"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. "
|
||
"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are "
|
||
"contained in each one of the lots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Operation Types"
|
||
msgstr "Vorgangstypen"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots "
|
||
"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide "
|
||
"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By "
|
||
"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and "
|
||
"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have "
|
||
"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to "
|
||
"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
|
||
msgid "Lots traceability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they "
|
||
"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
|
||
"shipped to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master"
|
||
" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to "
|
||
"your search."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the"
|
||
" lot number has been used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the "
|
||
"*Location* stat button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Work with serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number "
|
||
"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, "
|
||
"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will "
|
||
"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its "
|
||
"last movement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-"
|
||
"entry management is the feature you need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. "
|
||
"Then, enable the feature and hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers."
|
||
" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the "
|
||
"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial "
|
||
"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify "
|
||
"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73
|
||
msgid "Multi-assignation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly "
|
||
"need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can "
|
||
"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial "
|
||
"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial "
|
||
"number to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you "
|
||
"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* "
|
||
"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you"
|
||
" need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106
|
||
msgid "Operation types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each "
|
||
"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers "
|
||
"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only "
|
||
"allowed at product reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be "
|
||
"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were "
|
||
"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped "
|
||
"to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial"
|
||
" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* "
|
||
"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has "
|
||
"been used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the"
|
||
" *Location* button available on the serial number form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Sonstige Operationen"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email"
|
||
" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is "
|
||
"company-specific."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. "
|
||
"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow "
|
||
"next to its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Send email at delivery validation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a "
|
||
"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and"
|
||
" do the same for the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will "
|
||
"be included in the standard email template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having"
|
||
" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new"
|
||
" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure "
|
||
"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to "
|
||
"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through "
|
||
"advanced settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in "
|
||
"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. "
|
||
"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has "
|
||
"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
|
||
msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still "
|
||
"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Scrap Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are "
|
||
"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this "
|
||
"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or"
|
||
" stored, you have to scrap them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of "
|
||
"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap "
|
||
"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its"
|
||
" basic material content, recoverable through recycling."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap "
|
||
"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the "
|
||
"*Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your "
|
||
"scrap location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, "
|
||
"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a "
|
||
"virtual location will be created for scrapped products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Different ways to scrap products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a "
|
||
"delivery order, and from an internal transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Scrap from receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered "
|
||
"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do "
|
||
"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Scrap from delivery order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the "
|
||
"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be "
|
||
"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the "
|
||
"button on the top right corner of the document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the "
|
||
"scrap button that is on the top left of the document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by "
|
||
"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, "
|
||
"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from "
|
||
"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual "
|
||
"scrap location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if"
|
||
" necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. "
|
||
"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In "
|
||
"multi-company, this feature is company-specific."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify"
|
||
" it by clicking on the arrow on the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner"
|
||
" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number "
|
||
"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will "
|
||
"be included in the SMS template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Planning"
|
||
msgstr "Planung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It "
|
||
"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, "
|
||
"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate"
|
||
" scheduled dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for "
|
||
"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer "
|
||
"will get the products he ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives "
|
||
"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take "
|
||
"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into "
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated "
|
||
"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is"
|
||
" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you "
|
||
"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer "
|
||
"lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many "
|
||
"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default"
|
||
" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead "
|
||
"Time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a "
|
||
"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope "
|
||
"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the "
|
||
"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be "
|
||
"the default *Receipt* scheduled date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO "
|
||
"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt "
|
||
"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to "
|
||
"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo "
|
||
"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific "
|
||
"date is set on the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to "
|
||
"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to "
|
||
"produce and does not take the routing time into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk "
|
||
"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery "
|
||
"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead"
|
||
" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows "
|
||
"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is"
|
||
" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously "
|
||
"configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into "
|
||
"account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a "
|
||
"warning message is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n"
|
||
"by Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure "
|
||
"all the lead times that could occur."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Auslieferungszeit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your"
|
||
" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by "
|
||
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your "
|
||
"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead"
|
||
" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
|
||
msgid "Security Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are "
|
||
"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping "
|
||
"earlier in order to arrive on time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a "
|
||
"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but "
|
||
"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for "
|
||
"the delivery order is the 5th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid "Deliver several products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can "
|
||
"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or "
|
||
"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When"
|
||
" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to "
|
||
"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead "
|
||
"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated "
|
||
"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is "
|
||
"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the "
|
||
"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product"
|
||
" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154
|
||
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to "
|
||
"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the "
|
||
"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase "
|
||
"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead "
|
||
"Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times "
|
||
"depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for "
|
||
"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error "
|
||
"for your supplier to deliver your order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Durchlaufzeit der Fertigung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product."
|
||
" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the "
|
||
"number of days the manufacturing takes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the "
|
||
"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s"
|
||
" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of "
|
||
"July is June 27th."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
|
||
"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th "
|
||
"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead "
|
||
"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
|
||
msgid "Global Example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
|
||
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
|
||
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
|
||
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery "
|
||
"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, "
|
||
"here is when all the various steps are triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252
|
||
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier "
|
||
"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of"
|
||
" security lead time for Purchase)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 "
|
||
"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for "
|
||
"Manufacturing)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of "
|
||
"security lead time for sales)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is a scheduler?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes "
|
||
"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules "
|
||
"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet "
|
||
"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or "
|
||
"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into "
|
||
"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be"
|
||
" started first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, "
|
||
"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Run the scheduler manually"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant "
|
||
"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the"
|
||
" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you have to activate the :ref:`developer mode "
|
||
"<developer-mode>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> "
|
||
"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, "
|
||
"you can set the starting time of the scheduler."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Products"
|
||
msgstr "Produkte"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
|
||
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
|
||
"delivery strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Terminology"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Minimum stock rule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
|
||
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
|
||
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
|
||
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
|
||
" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Make to Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
|
||
"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
|
||
"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
|
||
"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
|
||
"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
|
||
" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
|
||
"values for a given product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
|
||
"multiple\" fields"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
|
||
"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
|
||
"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
|
||
"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
|
||
"other module where products are available)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64
|
||
msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Choice between the two options"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
|
||
"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
|
||
"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
|
||
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use Different Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
|
||
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
|
||
" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you "
|
||
"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products "
|
||
"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your "
|
||
"customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then "
|
||
"*Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Create New Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`."
|
||
" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we"
|
||
" will use for the Egg product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert "
|
||
"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same "
|
||
"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure "
|
||
"for the category which is “Units” here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, "
|
||
"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of "
|
||
"measure, and click on *Edit*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in "
|
||
"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal "
|
||
"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which"
|
||
" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*"
|
||
" it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of "
|
||
"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually "
|
||
"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to"
|
||
" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been "
|
||
"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Auffüllung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, "
|
||
"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94
|
||
msgid "Sell in bigger UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to "
|
||
"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically "
|
||
"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the "
|
||
"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr "Mengeneinheiten"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you "
|
||
"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your"
|
||
" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your "
|
||
"supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done "
|
||
"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the "
|
||
"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run "
|
||
"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase "
|
||
"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Packages"
|
||
msgstr "Verpackungen"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several "
|
||
"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can "
|
||
"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows "
|
||
"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done"
|
||
" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do "
|
||
"this for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Packaging"
|
||
msgstr "Verpackung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you "
|
||
"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice "
|
||
"and the power plug."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They "
|
||
"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning "
|
||
"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the"
|
||
" packing on the picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory Adjustment"
|
||
msgstr "Inventur"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically "
|
||
"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how"
|
||
" they are triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount "
|
||
"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to"
|
||
" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum "
|
||
"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed "
|
||
"quantity to reach the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or "
|
||
"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product "
|
||
"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will"
|
||
" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Reordering Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Meldebestände"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, "
|
||
"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in "
|
||
"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to"
|
||
" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the "
|
||
"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity "
|
||
"will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to "
|
||
"receive the products or to order them to the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be "
|
||
"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a "
|
||
"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure "
|
||
"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the "
|
||
"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route "
|
||
"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A "
|
||
"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through "
|
||
"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in "
|
||
"any other module where products are available)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can "
|
||
"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*"
|
||
" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make "
|
||
"sure you have a *BoM* for this product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate"
|
||
" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will "
|
||
"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following "
|
||
"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the "
|
||
"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the "
|
||
"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your "
|
||
"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected,"
|
||
" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in "
|
||
"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. "
|
||
"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Run scheduler`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from"
|
||
" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in"
|
||
" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is "
|
||
"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from "
|
||
"Second warehouse\\*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs "
|
||
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing "
|
||
"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting "
|
||
"application to be installed)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the "
|
||
"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be "
|
||
"recorded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Add costs to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick "
|
||
"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
|
||
msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
|
||
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I "
|
||
"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now "
|
||
"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to "
|
||
"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed"
|
||
" cost."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by "
|
||
"clicking on the journal entry."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly "
|
||
"create the landed cost from there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very "
|
||
"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of "
|
||
"a company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15
|
||
msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or "
|
||
"automatically)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three "
|
||
"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Standard Price"
|
||
msgstr "Standardpreis"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Operation"
|
||
msgstr "Vorgang"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128
|
||
msgid "Unit Cost"
|
||
msgstr "Kosten pro ME"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Qty On Hand"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delta Value"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131
|
||
msgid "Inventory Value"
|
||
msgstr "Inventurbestandswert"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138
|
||
msgid "€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134
|
||
msgid "0"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136
|
||
msgid "€0"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137
|
||
msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139
|
||
msgid "8"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140
|
||
msgid "+8*€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141
|
||
msgid "€80"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142
|
||
msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144
|
||
msgid "12"
|
||
msgstr "12"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54
|
||
msgid "+4*€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
|
||
msgid "€120"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147
|
||
msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149
|
||
msgid "2"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61
|
||
msgid "€20"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155
|
||
msgid "4"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65
|
||
msgid "+2*€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66
|
||
msgid "€40"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you "
|
||
"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation "
|
||
"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must"
|
||
" be reviewed periodically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Average Price"
|
||
msgstr "Durchschnittspreis"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143
|
||
msgid "€12"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145
|
||
msgid "+4*€16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146
|
||
msgid "€144"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*€12"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106
|
||
msgid "€24"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108
|
||
msgid "€9"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156
|
||
msgid "+2*€6"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
|
||
msgid "€36"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value "
|
||
"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the "
|
||
"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
|
||
msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168
|
||
msgid "FIFO"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148
|
||
msgid "€16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-8*€10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-2*€16"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152
|
||
msgid "€32"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154
|
||
msgid "€11"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157
|
||
msgid "€44"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase "
|
||
"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule"
|
||
" that applies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the "
|
||
"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial "
|
||
"number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, "
|
||
"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting "
|
||
"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. "
|
||
"Those two methods are detailed below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your"
|
||
" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental "
|
||
"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product "
|
||
"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only "
|
||
"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In "
|
||
"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen "
|
||
"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the "
|
||
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and open your accounting settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191
|
||
msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on "
|
||
"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry "
|
||
"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
|
||
" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
|
||
"postings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362
|
||
msgid "Continental Accounting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
|
||
msgid "Vendor Bill"
|
||
msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
|
||
msgid "\\"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
|
||
msgid "Debit"
|
||
msgstr "Soll"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
|
||
msgid "Credit"
|
||
msgstr "Haben"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
|
||
msgid "50"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287
|
||
msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287
|
||
msgid "4.68"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288
|
||
msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288
|
||
msgid "54.68"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
|
||
msgid "Configuration:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
|
||
"related product (Expense Account field)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295
|
||
msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296
|
||
msgid "Goods Receptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
|
||
msgid "No Journal Entry"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
|
||
msgid "Customer Invoice"
|
||
msgstr "Ausgangsrechnung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
|
||
msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
|
||
msgid "100"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305
|
||
msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305
|
||
msgid "9"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306
|
||
msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306
|
||
msgid "109"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
|
||
"product (Income Account field)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312
|
||
msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
|
||
msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
|
||
"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317
|
||
msgid "Customer Shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Fertigungsaufträge"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
|
||
" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
|
||
"Profit&Loss section to your assets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346
|
||
msgid "X"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and the "
|
||
"**Inventory Variations** debited."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389
|
||
msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting"
|
||
msgstr "Angelsächsische Buchführung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
|
||
" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
|
||
"inventory value"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334
|
||
msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350
|
||
msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting "
|
||
"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are "
|
||
"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced"
|
||
" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra "
|
||
"configuration & testing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those "
|
||
"accounting entries. This is done on the product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401
|
||
msgid "**Configuration:**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403
|
||
msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
|
||
" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
|
||
" specific product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
|
||
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
|
||
"product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
|
||
"as a specific replacement value"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using the inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in "
|
||
"Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Receive a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory"
|
||
" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your "
|
||
"product (more info here)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO "
|
||
"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25
|
||
msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory "
|
||
"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the "
|
||
"valuation stat button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover "
|
||
"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are "
|
||
"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44
|
||
msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total "
|
||
"value of $100."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in "
|
||
"case of automated inventory valuation)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Deliver a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will "
|
||
"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68
|
||
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report "
|
||
"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory "
|
||
"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By "
|
||
"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same "
|
||
"information for a past date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "Lager"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items "
|
||
"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be "
|
||
"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an "
|
||
"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is "
|
||
"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure "
|
||
"as much locations as you need under one warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15
|
||
msgid "There are 3 types of locations:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
|
||
"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and "
|
||
"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
|
||
"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only "
|
||
"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
|
||
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
|
||
"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of "
|
||
"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into "
|
||
"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your "
|
||
"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
|
||
"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the "
|
||
"organization of your warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37
|
||
msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38
|
||
msgid ":doc:`location_creation`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a New Location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate"
|
||
" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to "
|
||
"create a new location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the "
|
||
"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, "
|
||
"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed"
|
||
" to a location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when"
|
||
" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a "
|
||
"Return Location?*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode"
|
||
" which will correspond to this location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are "
|
||
"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, "
|
||
"containing all the sublocations in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a New Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-"
|
||
"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be "
|
||
"automatically activated at the same time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a "
|
||
"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the "
|
||
"different warehouse documents."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-"
|
||
"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one"
|
||
" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit "
|
||
"it afterward."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*"
|
||
" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due "
|
||
"to the creation of a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Process Overview"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Deliver Products from Stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in "
|
||
"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click "
|
||
"the Create button and enter the name of your product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this"
|
||
" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted "
|
||
"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but"
|
||
" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to "
|
||
"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is "
|
||
"described in the following print screens."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be "
|
||
"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities."
|
||
" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will "
|
||
"go out of your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately "
|
||
"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the "
|
||
"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding "
|
||
"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, "
|
||
"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product "
|
||
"forecasts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark"
|
||
" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly "
|
||
"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the "
|
||
"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set your Initial Stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product "
|
||
"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an "
|
||
"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You "
|
||
"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments` and create a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then "
|
||
"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products "
|
||
"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to "
|
||
"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the"
|
||
" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with "
|
||
"your other products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an "
|
||
"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units "
|
||
"added to the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between"
|
||
" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the "
|
||
"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the "
|
||
"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and "
|
||
"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this "
|
||
"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of "
|
||
"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as "
|
||
"been updated taking your modification into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the "
|
||
"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different "
|
||
"variants into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the "
|
||
"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning "
|
||
"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means "
|
||
"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main "
|
||
"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Receive Products in Stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter"
|
||
" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is "
|
||
"described in the following print screens."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different "
|
||
"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the "
|
||
"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your"
|
||
" stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately "
|
||
"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the "
|
||
"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding "
|
||
"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, "
|
||
"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product "
|
||
"forecasts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly "
|
||
"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find "
|
||
"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
|
||
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
|
||
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
|
||
"another truck."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
|
||
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
|
||
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
|
||
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
|
||
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
|
||
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
|
||
"for it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
|
||
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
|
||
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
|
||
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
|
||
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
|
||
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
|
||
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
|
||
"products in the *Input Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
|
||
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
|
||
"*Output*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one "
|
||
"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory "
|
||
"application in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory "
|
||
"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** "
|
||
"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations "
|
||
"and routes in your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Creating a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application "
|
||
"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on "
|
||
"**Create**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 "
|
||
"characters maximum."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on "
|
||
"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use"
|
||
" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have "
|
||
"been generated for your new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Creating a new inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical "
|
||
"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not"
|
||
" you can skip this step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control "
|
||
"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking "
|
||
"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to "
|
||
"select the right warehouse and location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be"
|
||
" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the "
|
||
"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can "
|
||
"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales "
|
||
"orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of "
|
||
"all yours product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer "
|
||
"2 units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, "
|
||
"proceed as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two "
|
||
"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location "
|
||
"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone "
|
||
"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and "
|
||
"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting "
|
||
"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of "
|
||
"products in your source warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106
|
||
msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113
|
||
msgid "Select the right transfer order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to "
|
||
"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually "
|
||
"indicate how much products you process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the "
|
||
"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder "
|
||
"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a "
|
||
"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the "
|
||
"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, "
|
||
"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure"
|
||
" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set"
|
||
" those virtual warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Set up virtual warehouses"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new"
|
||
" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock "
|
||
"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the "
|
||
"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on "
|
||
"create."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, "
|
||
"because you will need it later in the process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and "
|
||
"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A"
|
||
" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two "
|
||
"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse"
|
||
" A+B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in"
|
||
" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. "
|
||
"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping "
|
||
"information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery"
|
||
" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse"
|
||
" A and one in warehouse B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
|
||
"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available "
|
||
"in the retail channel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring "
|
||
"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory"
|
||
" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given "
|
||
"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, "
|
||
"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and "
|
||
"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also "
|
||
"trigger all the route's rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving "
|
||
"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these"
|
||
" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used "
|
||
"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly "
|
||
"stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
|
||
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
|
||
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
|
||
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes"
|
||
" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered"
|
||
" to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
|
||
msgid "How does it work?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Pull Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
|
||
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale "
|
||
"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product"
|
||
" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for "
|
||
"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery "
|
||
"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the "
|
||
"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
|
||
"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the "
|
||
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are "
|
||
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and "
|
||
"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the "
|
||
"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Push Regeln"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
|
||
"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when "
|
||
"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a"
|
||
" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, "
|
||
"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to "
|
||
"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different"
|
||
" products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the "
|
||
"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to "
|
||
"their *Storage Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the "
|
||
"upstream transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines"
|
||
" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during "
|
||
"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the "
|
||
"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105
|
||
msgid "Use Routes and Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
|
||
"manage advanced routes configuration such as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111
|
||
msgid "Manage default locations per product;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as "
|
||
"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory "
|
||
"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, "
|
||
"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-"
|
||
"Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-"
|
||
"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133
|
||
msgid "Pre-configured Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find "
|
||
"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. "
|
||
"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for "
|
||
"incoming and outgoing shipments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to"
|
||
" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once "
|
||
"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the "
|
||
"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* "
|
||
"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can "
|
||
"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the"
|
||
" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the"
|
||
" rules for the pre-configured route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171
|
||
msgid "Custom Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be "
|
||
"selected. Of course, combinations are available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
|
||
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the "
|
||
"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this "
|
||
"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from "
|
||
"the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all "
|
||
"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the "
|
||
"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to "
|
||
"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful "
|
||
"if some products go through different routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it"
|
||
" must be selected on the sales order, such as below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218
|
||
msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
|
||
"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set"
|
||
" on which product it must be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and "
|
||
"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory"
|
||
" tab* and select the route you’ve created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t "
|
||
"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those "
|
||
"are vital to have working routings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245
|
||
msgid "Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Regeln"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*"
|
||
" section, and click on *Add a line* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
|
||
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all "
|
||
"of them:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a "
|
||
"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been "
|
||
"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. "
|
||
"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to "
|
||
"fulfill this need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the "
|
||
"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, "
|
||
"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different "
|
||
"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a "
|
||
"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
|
||
"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a "
|
||
"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the "
|
||
"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for "
|
||
"quotation is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a "
|
||
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining "
|
||
"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, "
|
||
"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the "
|
||
"source location:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the "
|
||
"source location;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the"
|
||
" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are "
|
||
"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock "
|
||
"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the "
|
||
"source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of "
|
||
"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate "
|
||
"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer "
|
||
"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an "
|
||
"alert in the form of a *next activity*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309
|
||
msgid "What about a full flow?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a "
|
||
"full flow with an advanced custom route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three "
|
||
"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* "
|
||
"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from "
|
||
"WH/Stock to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* "
|
||
"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from "
|
||
"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner "
|
||
"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill "
|
||
"the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is "
|
||
"created to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. "
|
||
"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous "
|
||
"transfer in the list is not done yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so "
|
||
"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
|
||
"output zones"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
|
||
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
|
||
"required products from the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
|
||
" zones"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the "
|
||
"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then "
|
||
"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the"
|
||
" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is "
|
||
"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules "
|
||
"have been triggered and the transfers done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move "
|
||
"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo"
|
||
" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of"
|
||
" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into "
|
||
"the most appropriate location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important "
|
||
"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other "
|
||
"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules "
|
||
"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* "
|
||
"will be automatically activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have"
|
||
" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-"
|
||
"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. "
|
||
"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main "
|
||
"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped "
|
||
"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, "
|
||
"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory "
|
||
"Report*, under the reporting menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
|
||
"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
|
||
"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
|
||
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
|
||
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
|
||
"the *Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
|
||
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage "
|
||
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
|
||
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
|
||
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
|
||
"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the"
|
||
" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
|
||
"are stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive "
|
||
"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that"
|
||
" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. "
|
||
"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with "
|
||
"the products fitting your settings the best."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates "
|
||
"into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick "
|
||
"for delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48
|
||
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products "
|
||
"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number "
|
||
"that has entered your stock the first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your "
|
||
"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, "
|
||
"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, "
|
||
"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders "
|
||
"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a "
|
||
"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in "
|
||
"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from "
|
||
"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo "
|
||
"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest"
|
||
" period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on "
|
||
"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for"
|
||
" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the "
|
||
"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. "
|
||
"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 "
|
||
"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on "
|
||
"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested "
|
||
"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered "
|
||
"the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a"
|
||
" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or "
|
||
"obsolete products in your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
|
||
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two "
|
||
"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date "
|
||
"the product entered the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t "
|
||
"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). "
|
||
"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5"
|
||
" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on "
|
||
"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and "
|
||
"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes "
|
||
"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is "
|
||
"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for "
|
||
"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration "
|
||
"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot "
|
||
"that expires the sooner after 20002."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* "
|
||
"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest "
|
||
"expiration date from the order date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Use Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by "
|
||
"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and "
|
||
"*Lots & Serial Numbers*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
|
||
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out "
|
||
"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with "
|
||
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with "
|
||
"outdated styles in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the "
|
||
"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our "
|
||
"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 "
|
||
"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. "
|
||
"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from "
|
||
"that lot are the first ones to move out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot"
|
||
" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
|
||
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
|
||
"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of "
|
||
"products without a shelf life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So,"
|
||
" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product "
|
||
"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
|
||
"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved "
|
||
"products are from lots 000003 and 000002."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
|
||
msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173
|
||
msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the "
|
||
"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to "
|
||
"their expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at "
|
||
":doc:`the related doc "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different "
|
||
"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set"
|
||
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
|
||
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
|
||
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
|
||
" picked for delivery orders!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force "
|
||
"Removal Strategy*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots"
|
||
" of them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Product**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
msgid "0000001"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "Hand Cream"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
msgid "09/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid "0000002"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid "11/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "0000003"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "10/31/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot "
|
||
"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the"
|
||
" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Versand"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
|
||
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
|
||
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
|
||
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
|
||
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
|
||
"Tracking Ref**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
|
||
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
|
||
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
|
||
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
|
||
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
|
||
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
|
||
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
|
||
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
|
||
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
|
||
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
|
||
"add a line to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
|
||
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
|
||
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
|
||
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
|
||
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
|
||
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
|
||
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Company configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
|
||
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
|
||
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
|
||
"data**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
|
||
"computation cannot be done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
|
||
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
|
||
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
|
||
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
|
||
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
|
||
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
|
||
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
|
||
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
|
||
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Sale order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
|
||
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
|
||
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
|
||
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
|
||
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
|
||
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
|
||
"underneath:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Setup"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
|
||
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
|
||
"but also on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
|
||
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
|
||
"compute the real price and the packagings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Install the inventory module"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
|
||
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
|
||
" order to see it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
|
||
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
|
||
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
|
||
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
|
||
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
|
||
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
|
||
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
|
||
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
|
||
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
|
||
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Delivery process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
|
||
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Lieferung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
|
||
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
|
||
"chosen delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
|
||
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A DHL Password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
|
||
"Rest of the world)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
|
||
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
|
||
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
|
||
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
|
||
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
|
||
" shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
|
||
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
|
||
"will appear on your ecommerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
|
||
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
|
||
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
|
||
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
|
||
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
|
||
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
|
||
"United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
|
||
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
|
||
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
|
||
"method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
|
||
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
|
||
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
|
||
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
|
||
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
|
||
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
|
||
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
|
||
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A UPS account number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "An Access Key"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
|
||
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
|
||
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
|
||
"Service in order to to open an account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
|
||
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
|
||
"online profile by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
|
||
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
|
||
"complete the registration process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
|
||
"User ID and Password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
|
||
"Details** section of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
|
||
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
|
||
" States.q"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Get an Access Key"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
|
||
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Verify your contact information"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
|
||
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
|
||
"contact."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "Fertigung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Management"
|
||
msgstr "Fertigungs-Management"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using an alternative Work Center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, "
|
||
"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center."
|
||
" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center,"
|
||
" it is not that simple."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when,"
|
||
" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure "
|
||
"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an "
|
||
"alternative work center to use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time "
|
||
"will be noticed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Configure your Work Centers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, "
|
||
"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new "
|
||
"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and"
|
||
" vice versa."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an "
|
||
"operation to it before saving."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing"
|
||
" to it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create your Work Orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to "
|
||
"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product "
|
||
"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be "
|
||
"assembled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first "
|
||
"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you"
|
||
" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the"
|
||
" usual one is free."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create Bills of Materials"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component "
|
||
"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and"
|
||
" individual steps of the manufacturing process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe"
|
||
" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one "
|
||
"product only."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you "
|
||
"time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Setting up a BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage"
|
||
" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other "
|
||
"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do "
|
||
"not track the steps the product goes through."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* "
|
||
"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data "
|
||
"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, "
|
||
"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components"
|
||
" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is "
|
||
"*Manufacture this Product*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the"
|
||
" same as for the standard product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the "
|
||
"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on "
|
||
"each component line. You can add several variants for each component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Adding a routing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a "
|
||
"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, "
|
||
"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple"
|
||
" times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select"
|
||
" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the "
|
||
"dropdown menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73
|
||
msgid "Adding By-Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to "
|
||
"the primary product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the"
|
||
" *Manufacturing* app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. "
|
||
"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you "
|
||
"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use flexible components consumption"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a "
|
||
"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two "
|
||
"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. "
|
||
"But you will need to register it!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature"
|
||
" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components"
|
||
" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items "
|
||
"consumption."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps."
|
||
" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will "
|
||
"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and"
|
||
" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption "
|
||
"type. Then, save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality "
|
||
"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your"
|
||
" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed "
|
||
"Materials* as type."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing "
|
||
"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will "
|
||
"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. "
|
||
"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption "
|
||
"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sell sets of products as kits"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
|
||
"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*."
|
||
" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of"
|
||
" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and "
|
||
"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit "
|
||
"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation"
|
||
" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
|
||
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image "
|
||
"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second "
|
||
"image shows the corresponding delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, "
|
||
"create each component product as you would with any other product, then "
|
||
"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the "
|
||
"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track "
|
||
"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. "
|
||
"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should "
|
||
"be unchecked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
|
||
"preference. The component products require no particular configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit "
|
||
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this"
|
||
" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their "
|
||
"default values."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a "
|
||
"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using "
|
||
"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. "
|
||
"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit "
|
||
"product will appear in your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select "
|
||
"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales "
|
||
"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable "
|
||
"stock management."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture "
|
||
"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing"
|
||
" order* rather than a packing operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. "
|
||
"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and "
|
||
"control over it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with "
|
||
"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the "
|
||
"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to "
|
||
"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided "
|
||
"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence "
|
||
"defined by *routings*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your "
|
||
"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing"
|
||
" process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one "
|
||
"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic "
|
||
"phases from planning to production:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Create a manufacturing order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Record the production"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work "
|
||
"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking "
|
||
"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at "
|
||
"which work orders are performed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. "
|
||
"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports "
|
||
"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Create the manufacturing order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Schedule the associated work orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Plan Work Orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they "
|
||
"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It"
|
||
" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you "
|
||
"don’t have the capacity to do so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their "
|
||
"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the "
|
||
"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the "
|
||
"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, "
|
||
"avoiding work superposition."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create the Work Orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go "
|
||
"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your "
|
||
"product and add a *Planned Start Date*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can "
|
||
"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the "
|
||
"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we "
|
||
"just created:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be "
|
||
"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work "
|
||
"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the "
|
||
"first free slot on the work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a "
|
||
"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
|
||
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
|
||
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
|
||
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
|
||
"variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
|
||
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
|
||
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product "
|
||
"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured "
|
||
"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, "
|
||
"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of "
|
||
"configurations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit "
|
||
"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which"
|
||
" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly "
|
||
"in the BoM of the kit."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Order"
|
||
msgstr "Fertigungsauftrag"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as "
|
||
"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The "
|
||
"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the "
|
||
"kit BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing "
|
||
"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished "
|
||
"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in "
|
||
"this BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the "
|
||
"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, "
|
||
"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of "
|
||
"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the"
|
||
" kit BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95
|
||
msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit "
|
||
"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. "
|
||
"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing "
|
||
"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished "
|
||
"Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The "
|
||
"last component is consumed during the second operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of "
|
||
"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A "
|
||
"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component "
|
||
"to make another one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. "
|
||
"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*."
|
||
" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a "
|
||
"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will "
|
||
"be for subassemblies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also"
|
||
" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of "
|
||
"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*."
|
||
" Now, hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of "
|
||
"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Configure the Main BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any "
|
||
"subassemblies in the list of components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level "
|
||
"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. "
|
||
"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it "
|
||
"available before manufacturing the finished product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is "
|
||
"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Control incoming goods quality;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Control subcontractors bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
|
||
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
|
||
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data "
|
||
"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
|
||
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
|
||
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
|
||
"directly from the subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
|
||
" subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
|
||
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a "
|
||
"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
|
||
"subcontractor on the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
|
||
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
|
||
"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* "
|
||
"(3);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the "
|
||
"validated receipt (5)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply "
|
||
"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
|
||
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the "
|
||
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
|
||
"materials used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Inventur Bewertung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
|
||
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89
|
||
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91
|
||
msgid "With:"
|
||
msgstr "Mit:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93
|
||
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
|
||
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
|
||
msgid "subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98
|
||
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
|
||
"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To "
|
||
"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal "
|
||
"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
|
||
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
|
||
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
|
||
" accounting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the "
|
||
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
|
||
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
|
||
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Lieferverfolgung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked "
|
||
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
|
||
"receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button "
|
||
"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the "
|
||
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
|
||
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
|
||
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144
|
||
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the "
|
||
"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the "
|
||
"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the "
|
||
"subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156
|
||
msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, "
|
||
"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery "
|
||
"address and fill the components to deliver."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two "
|
||
"approaches:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165
|
||
msgid "Reordering rules;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166
|
||
msgid "Replenish on order flow."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting "
|
||
"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering "
|
||
"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the"
|
||
" subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the "
|
||
"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master "
|
||
"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do "
|
||
"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted "
|
||
"components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188
|
||
msgid "Replenishment from another supplier"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to "
|
||
"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* "
|
||
"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other "
|
||
"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the "
|
||
"shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and "
|
||
"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the "
|
||
"subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212
|
||
msgid "Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is "
|
||
"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a "
|
||
"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an "
|
||
"external party, it can be defined on the product reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create "
|
||
"a new *Control Point* on the reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished "
|
||
"product is received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Unbuild a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be "
|
||
"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can"
|
||
" unbuild products you have received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one "
|
||
"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead "
|
||
"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of "
|
||
"unbuilding them and recycling them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Unbuild Order"
|
||
msgstr "Demontageauftrag"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the"
|
||
" menu *Unbuild Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding "
|
||
"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding "
|
||
"something you received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33
|
||
msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the "
|
||
"components from the MO back in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the "
|
||
"BoM back in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
|
||
"production based on your demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
|
||
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
|
||
"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the "
|
||
"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and"
|
||
" maximum quantities to replenish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can "
|
||
"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize"
|
||
" them with drag and drop."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by "
|
||
"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual "
|
||
"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered"
|
||
" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what "
|
||
"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is "
|
||
"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some "
|
||
"information if it isn’t necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation "
|
||
"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time,"
|
||
" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The"
|
||
" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for "
|
||
"its components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be "
|
||
"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based "
|
||
"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are "
|
||
"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the "
|
||
"replenish button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
|
||
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
|
||
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will "
|
||
"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically "
|
||
"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Cells color signification"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different "
|
||
"colors depending on the situation:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
|
||
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
|
||
"demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"still matches current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"was too high considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
|
||
" was too low considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
|
||
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100
|
||
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
|
||
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
|
||
"replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107
|
||
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
|
||
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
|
||
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114
|
||
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
|
||
"the right of its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:7
|
||
msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Repair Management"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:4
|
||
msgid "Repair products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:6
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process "
|
||
"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a "
|
||
"defect."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Create a Repair Order"
|
||
msgstr "Reparaturauftrag anlegen"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a "
|
||
"new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Manage a repair"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*."
|
||
" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the "
|
||
"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you"
|
||
" might need, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your "
|
||
"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be "
|
||
"able to start & end the repair when it is completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now invoice the repair."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Einkauf"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Purchases"
|
||
msgstr "Einkauf"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Master Data"
|
||
msgstr "Stammdaten"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Import vendors pricelists"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up "
|
||
"to date on products pricing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Import a pricelist"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23
|
||
msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking "
|
||
"import."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28
|
||
msgid "See below a template of the columns used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":download:`Click here to download the template "
|
||
"<files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one "
|
||
"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Add vendors in a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then "
|
||
"select a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one "
|
||
"on the fly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo "
|
||
"will automatically link the contact and price with the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor "
|
||
"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity "
|
||
"period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one "
|
||
"t-shirt in different sizes!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different "
|
||
"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales"
|
||
" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting"
|
||
" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures "
|
||
"between sales and purchase very easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Let's take the following examples:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water "
|
||
"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to "
|
||
"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold "
|
||
"quantities in **Liters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the"
|
||
" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Install purchase and sales modules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are "
|
||
"correctly installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31
|
||
msgid "|uom01|"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132
|
||
msgid "uom01"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31
|
||
msgid "|uom02|"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133
|
||
msgid "uom02"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different "
|
||
"unit of measures (advanced)** box."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Standard units of measures"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. "
|
||
"Please remember that different units of measures between sales and purchase "
|
||
"necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, "
|
||
"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not "
|
||
"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our "
|
||
"customers in **Liters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
|
||
"Products`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general "
|
||
"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will"
|
||
" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for "
|
||
"purchase)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for "
|
||
"**Purchase Unit of Measure**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the "
|
||
"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the "
|
||
"curtains in **square meters**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot "
|
||
"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of "
|
||
"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**"
|
||
" where both units have a conversion relationship."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
|
||
" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by"
|
||
" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture "
|
||
"below)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called "
|
||
"**Inter-Category-Computation**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of "
|
||
"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your "
|
||
"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units "
|
||
"of Measure`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106
|
||
msgid "Create two new units:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and"
|
||
" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type"
|
||
" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other "
|
||
"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square"
|
||
" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``"
|
||
" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square "
|
||
"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as "
|
||
"``one Roll = 10 square meters``."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a "
|
||
"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving "
|
||
"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the "
|
||
"products have been received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we"
|
||
" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information "
|
||
"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor "
|
||
"bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear "
|
||
"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or "
|
||
"not."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define "
|
||
"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be"
|
||
" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be "
|
||
"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to "
|
||
"track and analyze your vendor's performance :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9
|
||
msgid "You can see how dependent from a supplier your company is;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11
|
||
msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13
|
||
msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders "
|
||
"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the "
|
||
"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights "
|
||
"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan "
|
||
"their future orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Install the Purchase Management module"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** "
|
||
"module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Issue some purchase orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue "
|
||
"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Analyzing your vendors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Generate flexible reports"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By "
|
||
"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by "
|
||
"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each "
|
||
"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, "
|
||
"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot "
|
||
"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your "
|
||
"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For "
|
||
"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I "
|
||
"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on "
|
||
"\"Products\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your "
|
||
"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click"
|
||
" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: "
|
||
"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot "
|
||
"below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one "
|
||
"dependent and one independent measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Customize reports"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To "
|
||
"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of "
|
||
"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the "
|
||
"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data "
|
||
"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display "
|
||
"some categories of data, while the **Group by** option improves the "
|
||
"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any "
|
||
"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** "
|
||
"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The "
|
||
"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate "
|
||
"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can "
|
||
"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager"
|
||
" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a "
|
||
"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Approve the order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and "
|
||
"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control "
|
||
"of what your users can or can't do."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Bill Control"
|
||
msgstr "Rechnungsprüfung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill"
|
||
" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after"
|
||
" you receive the goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Change the control policy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can"
|
||
" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product "
|
||
"page under the *Purchase* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You might want to use different settings for different types of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the "
|
||
"*Shipment* tab,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be "
|
||
"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of"
|
||
" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received "
|
||
"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Cancel a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes "
|
||
"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do"
|
||
" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your "
|
||
"warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that "
|
||
"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory "
|
||
"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also "
|
||
"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to "
|
||
"cancel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for "
|
||
"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> "
|
||
"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, "
|
||
"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO "
|
||
"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to "
|
||
"cancel the PO."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel "
|
||
"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped."
|
||
" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order "
|
||
"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61
|
||
msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed "
|
||
"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will "
|
||
"ask you the permission to create a backorder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You"
|
||
" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, "
|
||
"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create reverse transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor"
|
||
" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document."
|
||
" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the"
|
||
" corresponding location and click on **Return**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your "
|
||
"stock to your vendor location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be"
|
||
" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely "
|
||
"cancelled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`bills`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100
|
||
msgid ":doc:`reception`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a Request for Quotation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some "
|
||
"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, "
|
||
"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to "
|
||
"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose "
|
||
"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for "
|
||
"Quotation` and click on **Create**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by "
|
||
"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the "
|
||
"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
|
||
"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
|
||
"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the "
|
||
"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if "
|
||
"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery "
|
||
"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or "
|
||
"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this "
|
||
"supplier or enter a new one)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
|
||
" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
|
||
"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
|
||
"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
|
||
"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
|
||
" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Dropship products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock"
|
||
" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the "
|
||
"customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature "
|
||
"to work."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select "
|
||
"*Dropshipping*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and "
|
||
"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you "
|
||
"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be "
|
||
"drop shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in "
|
||
"front of *Order-Specific Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line "
|
||
"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the "
|
||
"dropship route on the SO line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Drop ship a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for "
|
||
"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you "
|
||
"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a "
|
||
"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go"
|
||
" through your own stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Lock a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Lock an order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock "
|
||
"the order preventing any further modification on the document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28
|
||
msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control "
|
||
"products to receive and to control supplier bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first"
|
||
" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been "
|
||
"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This "
|
||
"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among "
|
||
"others), which is required with **Purchase**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Create products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the "
|
||
"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on "
|
||
"**Create**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36
|
||
msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is "
|
||
"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products "
|
||
"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or "
|
||
"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to"
|
||
" set his product type field as **Service**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Control products receptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Purchase products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. "
|
||
"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the"
|
||
" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching "
|
||
"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably "
|
||
"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Receive Products"
|
||
msgstr "Produktzugänge"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can "
|
||
"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the "
|
||
"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the "
|
||
"receipt box of the related warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this "
|
||
"warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search "
|
||
"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the "
|
||
"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open"
|
||
" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all "
|
||
"the lines within it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** "
|
||
"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the "
|
||
"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, "
|
||
"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed "
|
||
"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record "
|
||
"the quantity received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the"
|
||
" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create "
|
||
"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If "
|
||
"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117
|
||
msgid ":doc:`cancel`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on "
|
||
"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to "
|
||
"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to "
|
||
"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Add a warning on a vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal "
|
||
"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a "
|
||
"blocking message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Add a warning on a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab"
|
||
" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product "
|
||
"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53
|
||
msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreements"
|
||
msgstr "Kaufverträge"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Blanket Orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its "
|
||
"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often "
|
||
"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Start a Blanket Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase "
|
||
"Agreements`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* "
|
||
"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the "
|
||
"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status "
|
||
"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in "
|
||
"the top right corner of the document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41
|
||
msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill "
|
||
"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to "
|
||
"choose the quantity and confirm the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities"
|
||
" you have already ordered from your blanket order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Vendors prices on your product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your "
|
||
"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give "
|
||
"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor "
|
||
"name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment "
|
||
"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and "
|
||
"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Call for Tender"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple "
|
||
"vendors to obtain the most interesting price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Create a Call for Tender"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu "
|
||
"and select *Call for Tender*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move "
|
||
"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top "
|
||
"right corner of the document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) "
|
||
"from your Call for Tender."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Select the best offer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the"
|
||
" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Close the Call for Tender"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Replenishment Flows"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead "
|
||
"Times*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or "
|
||
"manufacture products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Vendor Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the "
|
||
"product to you."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the "
|
||
"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery "
|
||
"lead time for that Vendor & Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver "
|
||
"the product to your customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the "
|
||
"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing lead time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the "
|
||
"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Configure Security Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with "
|
||
"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your "
|
||
"engagements."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead "
|
||
"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your "
|
||
"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and "
|
||
"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Lead & security times in a use case"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, "
|
||
"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here "
|
||
"is your product’s configuration:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75
|
||
msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on"
|
||
" your configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead "
|
||
"time for Sales)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead "
|
||
"time for Purchase)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - "
|
||
"9 days of vendor lead time)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Setup drop-shipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the "
|
||
"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced "
|
||
"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow "
|
||
"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** "
|
||
"section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the "
|
||
"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick "
|
||
"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32
|
||
msgid "How to use drop-shipping?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the "
|
||
"concerned order lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. "
|
||
"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy"
|
||
" of your product on **Ordered quantities**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase "
|
||
"orders on each sale you make."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in"
|
||
" just one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and "
|
||
"*Make To Order*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in "
|
||
"Odoo for this feature to work."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a "
|
||
"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note "
|
||
"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the "
|
||
"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically "
|
||
"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the"
|
||
" *Shipment* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the "
|
||
"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines "
|
||
"automatically under it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define "
|
||
"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help "
|
||
"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Set a reordering rule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your "
|
||
"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity "
|
||
"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* "
|
||
"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at "
|
||
"12:00PM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"See also: "
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum"
|
||
" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on "
|
||
"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Troubleshooting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly "
|
||
"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. "
|
||
"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. "
|
||
"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes,"
|
||
" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an "
|
||
"issue with the configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Multi-Companies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their "
|
||
"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational "
|
||
"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products "
|
||
"and services between different branches within your conglomerate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your "
|
||
"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is "
|
||
"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that "
|
||
"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation "
|
||
"on your sales and purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24
|
||
msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Manage intercompany rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple"
|
||
" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37
|
||
msgid "New options will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra "
|
||
"options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps "
|
||
"for the other companies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your "
|
||
"user has the rights to manage the companies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Quality"
|
||
msgstr "Qualität"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Alert"
|
||
msgstr "Warnsignal"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to "
|
||
"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8
|
||
msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10
|
||
msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Simple manufacturing flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be "
|
||
"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product "
|
||
"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* "
|
||
"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose "
|
||
"during the process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the "
|
||
"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality "
|
||
"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality "
|
||
"checks took place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. "
|
||
"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that "
|
||
"appeared during the process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Use the Quality Alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality "
|
||
"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically "
|
||
"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the "
|
||
"problem with the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the "
|
||
"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under"
|
||
" *Control*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Checks"
|
||
msgstr "Schecks"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo "
|
||
"processes:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8
|
||
msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of"
|
||
" routings in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Create the Quality Control Point"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to"
|
||
" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check "
|
||
"you want to perform."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Process the Quality Check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a "
|
||
"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the "
|
||
"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the "
|
||
"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening "
|
||
"the quality checks menu, under quality control."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and "
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. "
|
||
"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order "
|
||
"operation on which the quality check should be performed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality "
|
||
"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the "
|
||
"type of quality check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a "
|
||
"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to "
|
||
"generate the necessary work orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this "
|
||
"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table "
|
||
"Top component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, "
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, "
|
||
"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific "
|
||
"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for"
|
||
" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button "
|
||
"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be "
|
||
"displayed and will require the check value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding "
|
||
"transfer and access it by clicking on the button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red "
|
||
"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by "
|
||
"highlighting the corresponding button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening"
|
||
" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Control"
|
||
msgstr "Steuerung"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Define Quality Control Points"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. "
|
||
"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and "
|
||
"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed"
|
||
" expectations. It also helps minimize waste."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality "
|
||
"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality "
|
||
"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that "
|
||
"the company then has to rework or scrap."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With "
|
||
"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Quality Control Points"
|
||
msgstr "Qualitätsprüfpunkte"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> "
|
||
"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which"
|
||
" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it "
|
||
"takes place also is to be defined here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the "
|
||
"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of "
|
||
"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process "
|
||
"the quality control point needs to be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take"
|
||
" place:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks"
|
||
" to perform;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The "
|
||
"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The "
|
||
"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Quality Control Point Types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There "
|
||
"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a "
|
||
"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Text"
|
||
msgstr "Text"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the "
|
||
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Take a Picture"
|
||
msgstr "Bild aufnehmen"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a "
|
||
"transfer or when manufacturing it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera "
|
||
"</applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Pass-Fail"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific "
|
||
"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message "
|
||
"giving instructions to follow in case of failure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Take a Measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a "
|
||
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements,"
|
||
" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good "
|
||
"measures can are automatically accepted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives "
|
||
"instructions to the worker."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:156
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools "
|
||
"</applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:159
|
||
msgid "Register Consumed Materials"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the "
|
||
"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:165
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:182
|
||
msgid "This type is only available when working with routings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:176
|
||
msgid "Register By-Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot "
|
||
"number of the by-products that are manufactured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:193
|
||
msgid "Print Label"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:195
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the "
|
||
"product during the manufacturing process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:207
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer "
|
||
"</applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|